FILE
nl80211.h
File preview with syntax highlighting.
linux-6.19.14/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3/* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30/* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43#include <linux/types.h> 44 45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60/** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86/** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123/** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156/** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occurs. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181/** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213/** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251/** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264/** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280/** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection, 298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303/** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326/** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337/** 338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload 339 * 340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate 341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is 342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and 343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK. 344 */ 345 346/** 347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 350 * 351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 352 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 362 * compatibility only. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 368 * 369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 423 * attributes determining channel width. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 427 * 428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in 437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove 442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links. 443 * 444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 456 * 457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 460 * global regdomain will be returned. 461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 483 * 484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 486 * 487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 495 * added to all specified management frames generated by 496 * kernel/firmware/driver. 497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 503 * 504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 509 * be used. 510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 513 * partial scan results may be available 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive, 521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 542 * results available. 543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 550 * 551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation 552 * or noise level 553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 555 * 556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 563 * ESS. 564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads 568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID. 569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 570 * 571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 596 * the beacon hint was processed. 597 * 598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 601 * authentication process. 602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the 608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 611 * to the frame. 612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 622 * pending authentication timed out). 623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 630 * included). 631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 634 * primitives). 635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 638 * 639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 646 * 647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 656 * determined by the network interface. 657 * 658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 660 * to the driver. 661 * 662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 692 * a different BSS is desired. 693 * Background scan period can optionally be 694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 695 * if not specified default background scan configuration 696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 705 * well to remain backwards compatible. 706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 717 * 718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 720 * 721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 727 * frequency for the operation. 728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 732 * radio). 733 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 734 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 735 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 736 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 737 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 738 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 739 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 740 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 741 * uniquely identify the request. 742 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 743 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 744 * 745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 746 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 747 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 748 * 749 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 750 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 751 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 752 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 753 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 754 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 755 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 756 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 757 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 758 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 759 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 760 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 761 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 762 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 763 * backward compatibility 764 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 765 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 766 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 767 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 768 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 769 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 770 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 771 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 772 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 773 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 774 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 775 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 776 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 777 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 778 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 779 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 780 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 781 * is used during CSA period. 782 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 783 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 784 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 785 * lower layers. 786 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 787 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 788 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 789 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 790 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 791 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 792 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 793 * wait time. 794 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 795 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 796 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 797 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 798 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 799 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 800 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 801 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 802 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 803 * backward compatibility. 804 * 805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 806 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 807 * 808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 809 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 810 * levels. 811 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 812 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 813 * reached. 814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 815 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 816 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 817 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 818 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 819 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 820 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 821 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 822 * precedence when they are used. 823 * 824 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 825 * (no longer supported). 826 * 827 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 828 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 829 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 830 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 831 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 832 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 833 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 834 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 835 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 836 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 837 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 838 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 839 * command, the feature is disabled. 840 * 841 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 842 * mesh config parameters may be given. 843 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 844 * network is determined by the network interface. 845 * 846 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 847 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 848 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 849 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 850 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 851 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 852 * 853 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 854 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 855 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 856 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 858 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 859 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 860 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 861 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 862 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 863 * depending on the authentication result. 864 * 865 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 866 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 867 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 868 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 869 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 870 * more background information, see 871 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 872 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 873 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 874 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 875 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 876 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 877 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 878 * 879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 880 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 881 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 882 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 883 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 884 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 885 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 886 * 887 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 888 * of PMKSA caching candidates. 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 891 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 892 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 893 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 894 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 895 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 896 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 897 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 898 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 899 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 900 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 901 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 902 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 903 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 904 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 907 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 908 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 909 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 910 * is received. 911 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 912 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 913 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 914 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 915 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 916 * 917 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 918 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 919 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 920 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 921 * 922 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 923 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 924 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 925 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 926 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 927 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 928 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 931 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 932 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 933 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 936 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 937 * 938 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 939 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 940 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 941 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 942 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 943 * from the remote AP) is completed; 944 * 945 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 946 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 947 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 948 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 949 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 950 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 951 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 952 * interfaces to change channel as well. 953 * 954 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 955 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 956 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 957 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 958 * public action frame TX. 959 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 960 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 961 * 962 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 963 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 964 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 965 * is used for this. 966 * 967 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 968 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 969 * 970 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 971 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 972 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 973 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 974 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 975 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 976 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 977 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 978 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 979 * 980 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 981 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 982 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 983 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 984 * while operating on this channel. 985 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 986 * event. 987 * 988 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 989 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 990 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 991 * 992 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 993 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 994 * 995 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 996 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 997 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 998 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 1001 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 1002 * complete. 1003 * 1004 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 1005 * return back to normal. 1006 * 1007 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1009 * 1010 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1011 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1012 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1013 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1014 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1016 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1017 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1018 * switch is complete. 1019 * 1020 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1021 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1023 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1024 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1025 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1026 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1027 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1028 * 1029 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1030 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1031 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1032 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1033 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1034 * 1035 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1036 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1037 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1038 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1039 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1040 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1041 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1042 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1043 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1044 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1045 * fail even if the check was successful. 1046 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1047 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1048 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1049 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1050 * 1051 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1052 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1053 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1054 * 1055 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1056 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1057 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1058 * network is determined by the network interface. 1059 * 1060 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1061 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1062 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1063 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1064 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1065 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1066 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1067 * AP. 1068 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1069 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1070 * when this command completes. 1071 * 1072 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1073 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1074 * management. 1075 * 1076 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1077 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1078 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1079 * 1080 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1081 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1082 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1083 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1084 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1087 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1088 * decide what to use. Additional cluster configuration may be 1089 * optionally provided with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. 1090 * After this command NAN functions can be added. 1091 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1092 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1093 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1094 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1095 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1096 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1097 * of the function upon success. 1098 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1099 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1100 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1101 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1102 * which just terminated. 1103 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1104 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1105 * the response to this command. 1106 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1107 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1108 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1109 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1110 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1111 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1112 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1113 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1114 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1115 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1116 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1117 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1118 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1119 * Additional parameters may be provided with 1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. User space should provide all previously 1121 * configured nested attributes under %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, even if 1122 * only a subset was changed. 1123 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1124 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1125 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1126 * 1127 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1128 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1129 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1130 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1131 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1132 * 1133 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1134 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1135 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1136 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1137 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1138 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1139 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1140 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and 1141 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent 1142 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P- 1143 * client MAC address. 1144 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for 1145 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following 1146 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way 1147 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of 1148 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client). 1149 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1150 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1151 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1152 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1153 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1154 * 802.11 headers. 1155 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1156 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1157 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1158 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1159 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1160 * address of that link. 1161 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1162 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1163 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1164 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1165 * 1166 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1167 * 1168 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1169 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1170 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1171 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1172 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1173 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1174 * 1175 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1176 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1177 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1178 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1179 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1180 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1181 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1182 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1183 * command interface. 1184 * 1185 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in 1186 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO 1187 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD 1188 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability 1189 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling 1190 * MLO during the authentication offload or not. 1191 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it 1192 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User 1193 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request 1194 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. 1195 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and 1196 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD 1197 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and 1198 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the 1199 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the 1200 * authentication. 1201 * 1202 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1203 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1204 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1205 * 1206 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1207 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1208 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1209 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1210 * 1211 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1212 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1213 * 1214 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1215 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1216 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1217 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1218 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1219 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1220 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1221 * the netlink extended ack message. 1222 * 1223 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1224 * 1225 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1226 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1227 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1228 * buffer size. 1229 * 1230 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1231 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1232 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1233 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1234 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1235 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1236 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1237 * 1238 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1239 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1240 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1241 * determining the width and type. 1242 * 1243 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1244 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1245 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1246 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1247 * 1248 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1249 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1250 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1251 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1252 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1253 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1254 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1255 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1256 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1257 * rate selection. 1258 * 1259 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1260 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1261 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1262 * 1263 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1264 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1265 * 1266 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1267 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1268 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1269 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1270 * 1271 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1272 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1273 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1274 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1275 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1276 * 1277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1278 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1279 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1280 * 1281 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1282 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1283 * 1284 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1285 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1286 * 1287 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1288 * started 1289 * 1290 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1291 * been aborted 1292 * 1293 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1294 * has completed 1295 * 1296 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1297 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1298 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1299 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1300 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1301 * 1302 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1303 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1304 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1305 * specify the timeout value. 1306 * 1307 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1308 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1309 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1310 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1311 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1312 * 1313 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1314 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1315 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1316 * 1317 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing 1318 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1319 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the 1320 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for 1321 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC 1322 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable 1323 * HW timestamping. 1324 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently 1325 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS. 1326 * 1327 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD 1328 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with 1329 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide 1330 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links. 1331 * 1332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a 1333 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and 1334 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the 1335 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic. 1336 * 1337 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to 1338 * add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link 1339 * reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also 1340 * used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information. 1341 * For notifying the removed links information, the existing 1342 * %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to 1343 * notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in 1344 * case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via 1345 * a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify 1346 * frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload. 1347 * 1348 * @NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG: EPCS configuration for a station. Used by userland to 1349 * control EPCS configuration. Used to notify userland on the current state 1350 * of EPCS. 1351 * 1352 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION: This command is used to notify 1353 * user space about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW). User space may use 1354 * it to prepare frames to be sent in the next DW. 1355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to indicate the frequency of the next 1356 * DW. SDF transmission should be requested with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME and 1357 * the device/driver shall take care of the actual transmission timing. 1358 * This notification is only sent to the NAN interface owning socket 1359 * (see %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag). 1360 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED: This command is used to notify 1361 * user space that the NAN new cluster has been joined. The cluster ID is 1362 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1363 * 1364 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1365 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1366 */ 1367enum nl80211_commands { 1368/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1369 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1370 1371 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1372 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1373 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1374 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1375 1376 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1377 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1378 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1379 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1380 1381 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1382 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1383 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1384 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1385 1386 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1387 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1388 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1389 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1390 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1391 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1392 1393 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1394 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1395 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1396 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1397 1398 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1399 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1400 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1401 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1402 1403 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1404 1405 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1406 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1407 1408 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1409 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1410 1411 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1412 1413 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1414 1415 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1416 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1417 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1418 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1419 1420 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1421 1422 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1423 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1424 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1425 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1426 1427 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1428 1429 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1430 1431 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1432 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1433 1434 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1435 1436 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1437 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1438 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1439 1440 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1441 1442 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1443 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1444 1445 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1446 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1447 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1448 1449 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1450 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1451 1452 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1453 1454 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1455 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1456 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1457 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1458 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1459 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1460 1461 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1462 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1463 1464 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1465 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1466 1467 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1468 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1469 1470 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1471 1472 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1473 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1474 1475 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1476 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1477 1478 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1479 1480 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1481 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1482 1483 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1484 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1485 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1486 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1487 1488 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1489 1490 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1491 1492 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1493 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1494 1495 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1496 1497 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1498 1499 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1500 1501 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1502 1503 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1504 1505 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1506 1507 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1508 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1509 1510 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1511 1512 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1513 1514 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1515 1516 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1517 1518 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1519 1520 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1521 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1522 1523 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1524 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1525 1526 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1527 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1528 1529 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1530 1531 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1532 1533 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1534 1535 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1536 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1537 1538 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1539 1540 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1541 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1542 1543 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1544 1545 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1546 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1547 1548 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1549 1550 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1551 1552 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1553 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1554 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1555 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1556 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1557 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1558 1559 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1560 1561 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1562 1563 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1564 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1565 1566 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1567 1568 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1569 1570 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1571 1572 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1573 1574 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1575 1576 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1577 1578 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1579 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1580 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1581 1582 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1583 1584 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1585 1586 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1587 1588 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1589 1590 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1591 1592 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1593 1594 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1595 1596 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1597 1598 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1599 1600 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1601 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1602 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1603 1604 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1605 1606 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1607 1608 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1609 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1610 1611 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1612 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1613 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1614 1615 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP, 1616 1617 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED, 1618 1619 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING, 1620 1621 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF, 1622 NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG, 1623 1624 NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION, 1625 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED, 1626 1627 /* add new commands above here */ 1628 1629 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1630 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1631 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1632}; 1633 1634/* 1635 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1636 * here 1637 */ 1638#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1639#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1640#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1641#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1642#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1643#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1644#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1645#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1646 1647#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1648 1649/* source-level API compatibility */ 1650#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1651#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1652#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1653 1654/** 1655 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1656 * 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1658 * 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1660 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1664 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1665 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1666 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1667 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1669 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1670 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1672 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1673 * operating channel center frequency. 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1675 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1677 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1678 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1679 * this attribute) 1680 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1681 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1682 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1683 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1685 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1686 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1688 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1689 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1691 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1692 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1694 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1695 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1697 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1698 * 1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1702 * 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1704 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1705 * 1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1707 * 1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1709 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1710 * keys 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1713 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1715 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1718 * default management key 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1720 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1722 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1723 * 1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1728 * 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1731 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1733 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1735 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1736 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1738 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1740 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1741 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1742 * 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1744 * consisting of a nested array. 1745 * 1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1748 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1751 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1752 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1753 * 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1755 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1756 * 1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1758 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1759 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1760 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1761 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1762 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1763 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1764 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1765 * to a specific alpha2. 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1767 * rules. 1768 * 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1771 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1773 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1775 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1776 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1777 * 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1779 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1780 * 1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1782 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1783 * of the interface mode. 1784 * 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1786 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1787 * 1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1789 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1790 * 1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1792 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1794 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1796 * that can be added to a scan request 1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1798 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1800 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1801 * 1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1804 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1806 * 1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1808 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1810 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1813 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1814 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1815 * 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1817 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1818 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1821 * represented as a u32 1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1823 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1824 * 1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1826 * a u32 1827 * 1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1829 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1830 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1831 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1832 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1834 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1835 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1836 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1837 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1838 * 1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1840 * cipher suites 1841 * 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1843 * for other networks on different channels 1844 * 1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1846 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1847 * 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1849 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1850 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1851 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1852 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1853 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1854 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1855 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1858 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1859 * 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1861 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1862 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1863 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1864 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1865 * default in station mode. 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1867 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1868 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1869 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1870 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1871 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1873 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1874 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1876 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1877 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1878 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1879 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1880 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1881 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1882 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1883 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1884 * frames are not forwarded over the control port. 1885 * 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1887 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1888 * 1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1890 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1891 * a local disconnect request. 1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1893 * event (u16) 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1895 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1896 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1897 * 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1899 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1900 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1902 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1903 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1904 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1905 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1906 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1907 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1908 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1909 * 1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1911 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1913 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1914 * 1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1916 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1917 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1918 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1919 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1920 * 1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1922 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1924 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1925 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1926 * 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace. 1929 * 1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1931 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1932 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1933 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1934 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1935 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1936 * completely from scratch. 1937 * 1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1939 * 1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1941 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1942 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1943 * 1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1946 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1947 * 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1950 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1951 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1952 * 1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1954 * 1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1956 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1957 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1958 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1959 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1960 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1961 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1962 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1963 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1964 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1965 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1966 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 1967 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE and 1968 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT. 1969 * 1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1971 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1973 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1975 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1976 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1977 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1979 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1980 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1981 * 1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1983 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32) 1985 * 1986 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1987 * 1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1989 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1990 * 1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1992 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1993 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1994 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1995 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1996 * 1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1998 * connected to this BSS. 1999 * 2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 2001 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 2003 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 2004 * for non-automatic settings. 2005 * 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 2007 * means support for per-station GTKs. 2008 * 2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 2010 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2011 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 2012 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 2013 * 2014 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 2015 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 2016 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 2017 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 2018 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not. 2019 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 2020 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 2021 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not. 2022 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 2023 * support by returning -EINVAL. 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 2026 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2027 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 2028 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 2029 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 2030 * 2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2032 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 2033 * 2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2035 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 2036 * 2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 2038 * 2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 2040 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 2041 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 2042 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 2043 * nl80211 capability flag. 2044 * 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 2046 * 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 2048 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 2049 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 2050 * 2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 2052 * changed once the mesh is active. 2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 2054 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 2056 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 2057 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 2059 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 2060 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 2061 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 2062 * 2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 2064 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 2066 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 2067 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 2068 * triggers. 2069 * 2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 2071 * cycles, in msecs. 2072 * 2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 2074 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 2075 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 2076 * pass-thru filter rules. 2077 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 2078 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 2079 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 2080 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 2081 * able to ignore them by itself. 2082 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 2083 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 2084 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 2085 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 2086 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 2087 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 2088 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2089 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2090 * 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2092 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2093 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2094 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set), 2095 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio. 2096 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy 2097 * combinations for the sum of all radios. 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2099 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2100 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2101 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2102 * 2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2104 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2105 * 2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2107 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2108 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2109 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2112 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2113 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2114 * 2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2116 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2117 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2118 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2120 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2121 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2122 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2123 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2124 * 2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2126 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2128 * as AP. 2129 * 2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2131 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2132 * 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2134 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2135 * 2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2137 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2138 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2139 * applications use this attribute. 2140 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2141 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2142 * 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2144 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2145 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2147 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2149 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2151 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2153 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2154 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2155 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2156 * 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2158 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2159 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2160 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2161 * 2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2163 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2164 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2165 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2166 * 2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2168 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2170 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2171 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2172 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2173 * 2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2175 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2176 * to be filled by the FW. 2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2178 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2179 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2181 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2182 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2184 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2185 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable 2187 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2188 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2189 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2190 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2191 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2192 * The values that may be configured are: 2193 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2194 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2195 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2196 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2197 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2199 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2200 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2201 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2202 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2203 * the station debugfs vht_caps file. 2204 * 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2206 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2207 * to one DFS region. 2208 * 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2210 * up to 16 TIDs. 2211 * 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2213 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2214 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2215 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2216 * capability to timeout the stations. 2217 * 2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2219 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2220 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2221 * 2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2223 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2224 * 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2226 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2227 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2228 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2229 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2230 * 2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2232 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2233 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2234 * 2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2236 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2237 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2238 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2239 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2240 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2241 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2242 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2243 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2244 * consistent. 2245 * 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2247 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2248 * 2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2250 * 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2252 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2254 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2255 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2256 * no change is made. 2257 * 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2259 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2260 * 2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2262 * carried in a u32 attribute 2263 * 2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2265 * MAC ACL. 2266 * 2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2268 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2269 * ACL. 2270 * 2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2272 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2273 * 2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2275 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2276 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2278 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2279 * 2280 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2281 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2282 * 2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2284 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2285 * and PU-APSD. 2286 * 2287 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2288 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2289 * 2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2291 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2292 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2293 * 2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2295 * 2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2297 * Element 2298 * 2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2300 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2302 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2303 * 2304 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2305 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2306 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2307 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. For S1G interfaces, this is limited to 2308 * 1600 for the current mac80211 implementation. 2309 * 2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2311 * 2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2313 * until the channel switch event. 2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2315 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2316 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2317 * was requested by the AP. 2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2319 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2321 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2323 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2324 * 2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2326 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2327 * 2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2329 * 2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2331 * operating classes. 2332 * 2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2334 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2335 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2336 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2337 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2338 * IBSS network. 2339 * 2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2341 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2342 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2343 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2344 * 2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2346 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2347 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2348 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2349 * u8 attribute. 2350 * 2351 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2352 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2355 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2357 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2358 * 2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2360 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2361 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2362 * 2363 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2365 * 2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2367 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2368 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2369 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2370 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2371 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2372 * 2373 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2374 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2376 * supported number of csa counters. 2377 * 2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2379 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2380 * 2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2382 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2383 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2384 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2385 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2386 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2387 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2388 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2389 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2390 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2391 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2392 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2393 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2394 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2395 * multicast group. 2396 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2397 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2398 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2399 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2400 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2401 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2402 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2403 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2404 * 2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2406 * the TDLS link initiator. 2407 * 2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2409 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2410 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2411 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2412 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2413 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2414 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2415 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2416 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2417 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2418 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2419 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2420 * 2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2422 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2423 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2424 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2425 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2426 * 2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2430 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2431 * 2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2433 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2434 * 2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2436 * 2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2438 * 2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2440 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2441 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2442 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2443 * 2444 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2445 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2446 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2447 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2448 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2449 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2450 * 2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2452 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2453 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2454 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2455 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2456 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2457 * over all channels. 2458 * 2459 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2460 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2461 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2462 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2463 * 2464 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2465 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2466 * 2467 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2468 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2470 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2471 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2472 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2474 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2475 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2476 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2477 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2478 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2479 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2480 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2481 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2482 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2484 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2485 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2486 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2487 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2488 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2489 * 2490 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2491 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2492 * 2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2494 * 2495 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2496 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2497 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2498 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2499 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2500 * present. 2501 * 2502 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2503 * groupID for monitor mode. 2504 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2505 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2506 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2507 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2508 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2509 * each group. 2510 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2511 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2512 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2513 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2514 * groupID data. 2515 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2517 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2518 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2519 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2520 * 2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2522 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2523 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2524 * attribute must not be included). 2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2526 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2527 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2528 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2529 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2530 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2531 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2533 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2534 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2535 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2536 * 2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2538 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2539 * 2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2541 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2542 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2543 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2544 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2545 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2546 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2547 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2548 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2549 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2550 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2551 * the device will decide what to use. 2552 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2553 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2554 * attribute. 2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2556 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2557 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2558 * protection. 2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2560 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2561 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2562 * 2563 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2564 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2565 * 2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2567 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2568 * 2569 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2570 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2571 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2572 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2573 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2574 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2575 * unnecessary wakeups. 2576 * 2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2578 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2579 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2580 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2581 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2582 * 2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2584 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2585 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2586 * 2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2588 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2589 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2590 * 2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2592 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2593 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2594 * 2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2596 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2597 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2598 * 2599 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2600 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2601 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2602 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2603 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2604 * 2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP 2606 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2607 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2608 * 2609 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2610 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2611 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2612 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2613 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2614 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2615 * is included as well. 2616 * 2617 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2618 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2620 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2621 * 2622 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2623 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2624 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2626 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2627 * 2628 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2629 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2630 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2631 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2632 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2633 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2634 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2635 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2636 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2637 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2638 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2639 * 2640 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2641 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2642 * 2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2644 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2645 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2646 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2648 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2649 * enforced. 2650 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2651 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2652 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2653 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2654 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2655 * 2656 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2657 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2658 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2659 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2660 * 2661 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2662 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2663 * 2664 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2665 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2666 * invalid value. 2667 * 2668 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2669 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2670 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2671 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2672 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2673 * 2674 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2675 * scheduler. 2676 * 2677 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2678 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2679 * possible values. 2680 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2681 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2682 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2683 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2684 * or per-station. 2685 * 2686 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2687 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2688 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2689 * 2690 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2691 * 2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2693 * functionality. 2694 * 2695 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2696 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2697 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2698 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2699 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2700 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2701 * 2702 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2703 * (u16). 2704 * 2705 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2706 * 2707 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2708 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2709 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2710 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2711 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2712 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2713 * 2714 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2715 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2716 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2717 * attributes. 2718 * 2719 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2720 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2721 * 2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2723 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2724 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2725 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2726 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2727 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2728 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2729 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2730 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2731 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2732 * 2733 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2734 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2735 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2736 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2737 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2738 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2739 * has expired. 2740 * 2741 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2742 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2743 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2744 * disassociation is still forced. 2745 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2746 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2748 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2749 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2750 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2751 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2752 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2753 * 2754 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2755 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2756 * 2757 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2758 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2759 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2760 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2761 * 2762 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2763 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2764 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2765 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2766 * 2767 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2768 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2769 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2770 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2771 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2772 * 2773 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2774 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2775 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2776 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2777 * 2778 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2779 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2780 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2781 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2782 * 2783 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2784 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2785 * is desired. 2786 * 2787 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2788 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2789 * 2790 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2791 * until the color switch event. 2792 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2793 * switching to 2794 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2795 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2796 * 2797 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2798 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2799 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2800 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2801 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2802 * parameters. 2803 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2804 * 2805 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2806 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2807 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2808 * 2809 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2810 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2811 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2812 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2813 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2814 * radar channel. 2815 * 2816 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2817 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2818 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2819 * 2820 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2821 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2822 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2823 * 2824 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2825 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2826 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2827 * per-link information and a link ID. 2828 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2829 * authenticate/associate. 2830 * 2831 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2832 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2833 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2834 * 2835 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2836 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2837 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2838 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2839 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2840 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2841 * 2842 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2843 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2844 * 2845 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2846 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2847 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2848 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2849 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2850 * the ack TX timestamp. 2851 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2852 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2853 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2854 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2855 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2856 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2857 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent 2858 * (re)associations. 2859 * 2860 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest 2861 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1 2862 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are 2863 * reserved. 2864 * 2865 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW 2866 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute. 2867 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying 2868 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported. 2869 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should 2870 * be enabled or not (flag attribute). 2871 * 2872 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for 2873 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used 2874 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled. 2875 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple 2876 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting 2877 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element 2878 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon 2879 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same 2880 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of 2881 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon. 2882 * 2883 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Unused. It was used to indicate that a link 2884 * is disabled during association. However, the AP will send the 2885 * information by including a TTLM in the association response. 2886 * 2887 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e. 2888 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or 2889 * cannot be used at all. 2890 * 2891 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to 2892 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2893 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2894 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2895 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to 2896 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 2897 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 2898 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 2899 * 2900 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with 2901 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs 2902 * are used on this connection 2903 * 2904 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios 2905 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs. 2906 * 2907 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the 2908 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each 2909 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in 2910 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2911 * 2912 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32). 2913 * A value of 0 means all radios. 2914 * 2915 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported BSS Membership Selectors, array 2916 * of supported selectors as defined by IEEE Std 802.11-2020 9.4.2.3 but 2917 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS). 2918 * This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented 2919 * by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed. 2920 * 2921 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested 2922 * to be removed from the MLO association. 2923 * 2924 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPCS: Flag attribute indicating that EPCS is enabled for a 2925 * station interface. 2926 * 2927 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS: Extended MLD capabilities and 2928 * operations that userspace implements to use during association/ML 2929 * link reconfig, currently only "BTM MLD Recommendation For Multiple 2930 * APs Support". Drivers may set additional flags that they support 2931 * in the kernel or device. 2932 * 2933 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX: (int) Integer attribute denoting the index 2934 * of the radio in interest. Internally a value of -1 is used to 2935 * indicate that the radio id is not given in user-space. This means 2936 * that all the attributes are applicable to all the radios. If there is 2937 * a radio index provided in user-space, the attributes will be 2938 * applicable to that specific radio only. If the radio id is greater 2939 * thank the number of radios, error denoting invalid value is returned. 2940 * 2941 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD: (u8) Integer attribute that represents 2942 * the number of beacon intervals between each long beacon transmission 2943 * for an S1G BSS with short beaconing enabled. This is a required 2944 * attribute for initialising an S1G short beaconing BSS. When updating 2945 * the short beacon data, this is not required. It has a minimum value of 2946 * 2 (i.e 2 beacon intervals). 2947 * 2948 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON: Nested attribute containing the short beacon 2949 * head and tail used to set or update the short beacon templates. When 2950 * bringing up a new interface, %NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD is 2951 * required alongside this attribute. Refer to 2952 * @enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs for the attribute definitions. 2953 * 2954 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM: nested attribute used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY 2955 * which indicates which BSS parameters can be modified. The attribute can 2956 * also be used as flag attribute by user-space in %NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS to 2957 * indicate that it wants strict checking on the BSS parameters to be 2958 * modified. 2959 * 2960 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG: Nested attribute for 2961 * extended NAN cluster configuration. This is used with 2962 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. 2963 * See &enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes for details. 2964 * This attribute is optional. 2965 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER: Flag attribute indicating that a new 2966 * NAN cluster has been created. This is used with 2967 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED 2968 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES: Nested attribute for NAN capabilities. 2969 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to indicate the NAN 2970 * capabilities supported by the driver. See &enum nl80211_nan_capabilities 2971 * for details. 2972 * 2973 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ: flag attribute indicating that the S1G 2974 * primary channel is 2 MHz wide, and the control channel designates 2975 * the 1 MHz primary subchannel within that 2 MHz primary. 2976 * 2977 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2978 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2979 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2980 */ 2981enum nl80211_attrs { 2982/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2983 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2984 2985 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2986 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2987 2988 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2989 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2990 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2991 2992 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2993 2994 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2995 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2996 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2997 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2998 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2999 3000 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3001 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 3002 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 3003 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 3004 3005 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 3006 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 3007 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 3008 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 3009 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 3010 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 3011 3012 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 3013 3014 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 3015 3016 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 3017 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 3018 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 3019 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 3020 3021 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 3022 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3023 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3024 3025 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 3026 3027 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 3028 3029 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 3030 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 3031 3032 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 3033 3034 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 3035 3036 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 3037 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 3038 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 3039 3040 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 3041 3042 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 3043 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 3044 3045 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 3046 3047 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 3048 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 3049 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 3050 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 3051 3052 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 3053 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 3054 3055 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 3056 3057 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 3058 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 3059 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 3060 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 3061 3062 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 3063 3064 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3065 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 3066 3067 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 3068 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 3069 3070 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 3071 3072 3073 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 3074 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 3075 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 3076 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 3077 3078 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 3079 3080 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 3081 3082 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 3083 3084 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 3085 3086 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 3087 3088 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 3089 3090 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 3091 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 3092 3093 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 3094 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 3095 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 3096 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 3097 3098 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 3099 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 3100 3101 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 3102 3103 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 3104 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 3105 3106 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 3107 3108 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 3109 3110 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 3111 3112 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 3113 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 3114 3115 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 3116 3117 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 3118 3119 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 3120 3121 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 3122 3123 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 3124 3125 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 3126 3127 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 3128 3129 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 3130 3131 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 3132 3133 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 3134 3135 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3136 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 3137 3138 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 3139 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 3140 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 3141 3142 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 3143 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 3144 3145 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 3146 3147 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 3148 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 3149 3150 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 3151 3152 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 3153 3154 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 3155 3156 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 3157 3158 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 3159 3160 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 3161 3162 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 3163 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 3164 3165 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 3166 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 3167 3168 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 3169 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 3170 3171 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 3172 3173 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3174 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 3175 3176 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 3177 3178 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 3179 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3180 3181 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 3182 3183 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 3184 3185 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 3186 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 3187 3188 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 3189 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 3190 3191 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 3192 3193 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 3194 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 3195 3196 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 3197 3198 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 3199 3200 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 3201 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 3202 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 3203 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 3204 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 3205 3206 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 3207 3208 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 3209 3210 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 3211 3212 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 3213 3214 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 3215 3216 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 3217 3218 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 3219 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3220 3221 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 3222 3223 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 3224 3225 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3226 3227 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3228 3229 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3230 3231 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3232 3233 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3234 3235 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3236 3237 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3238 3239 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3240 3241 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3242 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3243 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3244 3245 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3246 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3247 3248 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3249 3250 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3251 3252 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3253 3254 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3255 3256 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3257 3258 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3259 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3260 3261 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3262 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3263 3264 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3265 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3266 3267 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3268 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3269 3270 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3271 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3272 3273 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3274 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3275 3276 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3277 3278 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3279 3280 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3281 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3282 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3283 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3284 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3285 3286 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3287 3288 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3289 3290 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3291 3292 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3293 3294 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3295 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3296 3297 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3298 3299 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3300 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3301 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3302 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3303 3304 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3305 3306 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3307 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3308 3309 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3310 3311 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3312 3313 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3314 3315 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3316 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3317 3318 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3319 3320 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3321 3322 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3323 3324 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3325 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3326 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3327 3328 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3329 3330 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3331 3332 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3333 3334 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3335 3336 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3337 3338 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3339 3340 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3341 3342 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3343 3344 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3345 3346 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3347 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3348 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3349 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3350 3351 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3352 3353 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3354 3355 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3356 3357 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3358 3359 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3360 3361 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3362 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3363 3364 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3365 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3366 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3367 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3368 3369 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3370 3371 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3372 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3373 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3374 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3375 3376 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3377 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3378 3379 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3380 3381 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3382 3383 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3384 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3385 3386 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3387 3388 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3389 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3390 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3391 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3392 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3393 3394 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3395 3396 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3397 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3398 3399 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3400 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3401 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3402 3403 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3404 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3405 3406 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3407 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3408 3409 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3410 3411 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3412 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3413 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3414 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3415 3416 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3417 3418 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3419 3420 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3421 3422 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3423 3424 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3425 3426 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3427 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3428 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3429 3430 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3431 3432 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3433 3434 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3435 3436 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3437 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3438 3439 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3440 3441 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3442 3443 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3444 3445 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3446 3447 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3448 3449 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3450 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3451 3452 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3453 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3454 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3455 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3456 3457 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3458 3459 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3460 3461 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3462 3463 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3464 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3465 3466 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3467 3468 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3469 3470 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3471 3472 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3473 3474 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3475 3476 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3477 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3478 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3479 3480 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3481 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3482 3483 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3484 3485 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3486 3487 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3488 3489 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3490 3491 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3492 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3493 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3494 3495 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3496 3497 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3498 3499 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3500 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3501 3502 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3503 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3504 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, 3505 3506 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3507 3508 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS, 3509 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED, 3510 3511 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS, 3512 3513 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED, 3514 3515 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA, 3516 3517 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK, 3518 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK, 3519 3520 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU, 3521 3522 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS, 3523 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3524 3525 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK, 3526 3527 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS, 3528 3529 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS, 3530 NL80211_ATTR_EPCS, 3531 3532 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS, 3533 3534 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX, 3535 3536 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD, 3537 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON, 3538 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM, 3539 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, 3540 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER, 3541 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES, 3542 3543 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ, 3544 3545 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3546 3547 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3548 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3549 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3550}; 3551 3552/* source-level API compatibility */ 3553#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3554#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3555#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3556#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3557#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3558#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3559 3560/* 3561 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3562 * here 3563 */ 3564#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3565#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3566#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3567#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3568#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3569#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3570#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3571#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3572#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3573#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3574#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3575#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3576#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3577#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3578#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3579#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3580#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3581#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3582#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3583#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3584#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3585 3586#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3587 3588#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3589#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS 128 3590#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3591#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3592#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3593#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3594#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3595#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3596#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3597#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3598#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3599#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3600 3601/* 3602 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3603 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3604 */ 3605#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3606#define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3607#define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3608 3609#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3610 3611/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3612#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3613 3614#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3615 3616/** 3617 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3618 * 3619 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3620 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3621 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3622 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3623 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3624 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3625 * AP type interface. 3626 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3627 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3628 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3629 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3630 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3631 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3632 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3633 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3634 * commands to create and destroy one 3635 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3636 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3637 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3638 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3639 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3640 * 3641 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3642 * to set the type of an interface. 3643 * 3644 */ 3645enum nl80211_iftype { 3646 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3647 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3648 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3649 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3650 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3651 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3652 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3653 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3654 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3655 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3656 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3657 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3658 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3659 3660 /* keep last */ 3661 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3662 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3663}; 3664 3665/** 3666 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3667 * 3668 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3669 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3670 * 3671 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3672 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3673 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3674 * with short barker preamble 3675 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3676 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3677 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3678 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3679 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3680 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3681 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3682 * as errors.) 3683 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3684 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3685 * previously added station into associated state 3686 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs 3687 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3688 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3689 */ 3690enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3691 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3692 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3693 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3694 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3695 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3696 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3697 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3698 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3699 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU, 3700 3701 /* keep last */ 3702 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3703 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3704}; 3705 3706/** 3707 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3708 * 3709 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3710 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3711 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3712 */ 3713enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3714 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3715 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3716 3717 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3718}; 3719 3720#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3721 3722/** 3723 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3724 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3725 * @set: which values to set them to 3726 * 3727 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3728 */ 3729struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3730 __u32 mask; 3731 __u32 set; 3732} __attribute__((packed)); 3733 3734/** 3735 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3736 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3737 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3738 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3739 */ 3740enum nl80211_he_gi { 3741 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3742 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3743 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3744}; 3745 3746/** 3747 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3748 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 3749 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 3750 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 3751 */ 3752enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3753 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3754 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3755 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3756}; 3757 3758/** 3759 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3760 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3761 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3762 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3763 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3764 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3765 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3766 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3767 */ 3768enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3769 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3770 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3771 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3772 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3773 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3774 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3775 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3776}; 3777 3778/** 3779 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3780 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3781 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3782 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3783 */ 3784enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3785 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3786 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3787 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3788}; 3789 3790/** 3791 * enum nl80211_eht_ltf - EHT long training field 3792 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 3793 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 3794 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 3795 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF: 19.2 usec 3796 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF: 25.6 usec 3797 */ 3798enum nl80211_eht_ltf { 3799 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF, 3800 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF, 3801 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF, 3802 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF, 3803 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF, 3804}; 3805 3806/** 3807 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 3808 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3809 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3810 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 3811 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3812 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 3813 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3814 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3815 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 3816 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3817 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 3818 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 3819 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3820 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 3821 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 3822 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 3823 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 3824 */ 3825enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 3826 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 3827 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 3828 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 3829 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 3830 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 3831 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 3832 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 3833 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 3834 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 3835 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 3836 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 3837 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3838 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 3839 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 3840 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 3841 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 3842}; 3843 3844/** 3845 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3846 * 3847 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3848 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3849 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3850 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3851 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3852 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3853 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3854 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3855 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3856 * 3857 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3858 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3859 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3860 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3861 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3862 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3863 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3864 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3865 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3866 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3867 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3868 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3869 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3870 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3871 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3872 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3873 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3874 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3875 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3876 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3877 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3878 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3879 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3880 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3881 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3882 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3883 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 3884 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 3885 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3886 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 3887 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 3888 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 3889 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 3890 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10) 3891 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4) 3892 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate 3893 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate 3894 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate 3895 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate 3896 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate 3897 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3898 */ 3899enum nl80211_rate_info { 3900 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3901 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3902 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3903 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3904 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3905 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3906 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3907 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3908 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3909 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3910 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3911 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3912 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3913 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3914 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3915 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3916 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3917 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3918 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 3919 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 3920 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 3921 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 3922 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 3923 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS, 3924 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS, 3925 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH, 3926 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH, 3927 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH, 3928 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH, 3929 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH, 3930 3931 /* keep last */ 3932 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3933 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3934}; 3935 3936/** 3937 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3938 * 3939 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3940 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3941 * 3942 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3943 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3944 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3945 * (flag) 3946 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3947 * (flag) 3948 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3949 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3950 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3951 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3952 */ 3953enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3954 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3955 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3956 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3957 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3958 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3959 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3960 3961 /* keep last */ 3962 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3963 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3964}; 3965 3966/** 3967 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3968 * 3969 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3970 * when getting information about a station. 3971 * 3972 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3973 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3974 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3975 * (u32, from this station) 3976 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3977 * (u32, to this station) 3978 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3979 * (u64, from this station) 3980 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3981 * (u64, to this station) 3982 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3983 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3984 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3985 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3986 * (u32, from this station) 3987 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3988 * (u32, to this station) 3989 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3990 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3991 * (u32, to this station) 3992 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3993 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3994 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3995 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3996 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3997 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3998 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3999 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 4000 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 4001 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 4002 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 4003 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 4004 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 4005 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 4006 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 4007 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 4008 * non-peer STA 4009 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 4010 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 4011 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 4012 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 4013 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also 4014 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 4015 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 4016 * (u64) 4017 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 4018 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 4019 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 4020 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 4021 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 4022 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 4023 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 4024 * attributes carrying the actual values. 4025 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 4026 * received from the station (u64, usec) 4027 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4028 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 4029 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 4030 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 4031 * (u32, from this station) 4032 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 4033 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 4034 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 4035 * might not be fully accurate. 4036 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 4037 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 4038 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 4039 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 4040 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 4041 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 4042 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 4043 * of STA's association 4044 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 4045 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 4046 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 4047 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 4048 */ 4049enum nl80211_sta_info { 4050 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 4051 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 4052 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 4053 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 4054 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 4055 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 4056 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 4057 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 4058 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 4059 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 4060 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 4061 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 4062 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 4063 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 4064 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 4065 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 4066 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 4067 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 4068 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 4069 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 4070 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 4071 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 4072 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 4073 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 4074 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 4075 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4076 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 4077 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 4078 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 4079 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 4080 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 4081 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 4082 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 4083 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 4084 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 4085 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 4086 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 4087 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 4088 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4089 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 4090 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 4091 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 4092 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 4093 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4094 4095 /* keep last */ 4096 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4097 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4098}; 4099 4100/* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 4101#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 4102 4103 4104/** 4105 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 4106 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4107 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 4108 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 4109 * attempted to transmit; u64) 4110 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 4111 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 4112 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 4113 * MSDUs (u64) 4114 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4115 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 4116 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 4117 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4118 */ 4119enum nl80211_tid_stats { 4120 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 4121 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 4122 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 4123 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 4124 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 4125 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 4126 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 4127 4128 /* keep last */ 4129 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 4130 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 4131}; 4132 4133/** 4134 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 4135 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4136 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 4137 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 4138 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 4139 * backlogged 4140 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 4141 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 4142 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 4143 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 4144 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 4145 * (only for per-phy stats) 4146 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 4147 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 4148 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 4149 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 4150 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4151 */ 4152enum nl80211_txq_stats { 4153 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 4154 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 4155 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 4156 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 4157 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 4158 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 4159 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 4160 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 4161 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 4162 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 4163 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 4164 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 4165 4166 /* keep last */ 4167 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 4168 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 4169}; 4170 4171/** 4172 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 4173 * 4174 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 4175 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 4176 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 4177 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 4178 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 4179 */ 4180enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 4181 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 4182 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 4183 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 4184 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 4185 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 4186}; 4187 4188/** 4189 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 4190 * 4191 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 4192 * information about a mesh path. 4193 * 4194 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4195 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 4196 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 4197 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 4198 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 4199 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 4200 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 4201 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 4202 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 4203 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 4204 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 4205 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 4206 * currently defined 4207 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4208 */ 4209enum nl80211_mpath_info { 4210 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 4211 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 4212 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 4213 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 4214 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 4215 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 4216 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4217 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 4218 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 4219 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 4220 4221 /* keep last */ 4222 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4223 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4224}; 4225 4226/** 4227 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 4228 * 4229 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4230 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 4231 * for each interface type that supports the band data 4232 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 4233 * capabilities IE 4234 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 4235 * capabilities IE 4236 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 4237 * capabilities IE 4238 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 4239 * defined in HE capabilities IE 4240 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 4241 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 4242 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 4243 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 4244 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 4245 * capabilities element 4246 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 4247 * capabilities element 4248 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 4249 * capabilities element 4250 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 4251 * defined in EHT capabilities element 4252 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4253 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4254 */ 4255enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 4256 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 4257 4258 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 4259 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 4260 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 4261 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 4262 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 4263 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 4264 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 4265 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 4266 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 4267 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 4268 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 4269 4270 /* keep last */ 4271 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4272 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4273}; 4274 4275/** 4276 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 4277 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4278 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 4279 * an array of nested frequency attributes 4280 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 4281 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 4282 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4283 * defined in 802.11n 4284 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4285 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 4286 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 4287 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4288 * defined in 802.11ac 4289 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4290 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 4291 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 4292 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 4293 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 4294 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 4295 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 4296 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 4297 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4298 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS 4299 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes 4300 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the 4301 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes 4302 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4303 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4304 */ 4305enum nl80211_band_attr { 4306 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4307 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4308 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4309 4310 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4311 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4312 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4313 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4314 4315 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4316 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4317 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4318 4319 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4320 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4321 4322 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET, 4323 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA, 4324 4325 /* keep last */ 4326 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4327 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4328}; 4329 4330#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4331 4332/** 4333 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4334 * 4335 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4336 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4337 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4338 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4339 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4340 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4341 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4342 */ 4343enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4344 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4345 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4346 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4347 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4348 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4349 4350 /* keep last */ 4351 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4352 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4353}; 4354 4355/** 4356 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4357 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4358 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4359 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4360 * regulatory domain. 4361 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4362 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4363 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4364 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR 4365 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4366 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4367 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4368 * (100 * dBm). 4369 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4370 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4371 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long 4372 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4373 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4374 * channel as the control channel 4375 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4376 * channel as the control channel 4377 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4378 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4379 * this includes 80+80 channels 4380 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4381 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4382 * isn't possible 4383 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4384 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4385 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4386 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4387 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4388 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4389 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4390 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4391 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4392 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4393 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4394 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4395 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4396 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4397 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4398 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4399 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4400 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4401 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4402 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4403 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4404 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4405 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4406 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4407 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4408 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4409 * in current regulatory domain. 4410 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4411 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4412 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4413 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4414 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4415 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4416 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4417 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4418 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4419 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4420 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4421 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4422 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4423 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4424 * in current regulatory domain. 4425 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that 4426 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4427 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is 4428 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control 4429 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 4430 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4431 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP 4432 * not allowed using this channel 4433 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP 4434 * not allowed using this channel 4435 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor 4436 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is 4437 * otherwise completely disabled. 4438 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a 4439 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR. 4440 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in 4441 * 20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR. 4442 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4443 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4444 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4445 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4446 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4447 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4448 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4449 * currently defined 4450 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4451 * 4452 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4453 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4454 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4455 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4456 */ 4457enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4458 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4459 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4460 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4461 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4462 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4463 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4464 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4465 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4466 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4467 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4468 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4469 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4470 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4471 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4472 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4473 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4474 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4475 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4476 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4477 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4478 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4479 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4480 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4481 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4482 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4483 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4484 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4485 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4486 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD, 4487 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT, 4488 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT, 4489 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT, 4490 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR, 4491 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP, 4492 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY, 4493 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ, 4494 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ, 4495 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ, 4496 4497 /* keep last */ 4498 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4499 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4500}; 4501 4502#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4503#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4504#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4505#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4506#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4507 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4508#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \ 4509 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4510#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \ 4511 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4512 4513/** 4514 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4515 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4516 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4517 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4518 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4519 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4520 * currently defined 4521 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4522 */ 4523enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4524 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4525 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4526 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4527 4528 /* keep last */ 4529 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4530 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4531}; 4532 4533/** 4534 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4535 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4536 * regulatory domain. 4537 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4538 * regulatory domain. 4539 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4540 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4541 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4542 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4543 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4544 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4545 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4546 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4547 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4548 */ 4549enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4550 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4551 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4552 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4553 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4554}; 4555 4556/** 4557 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4558 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4559 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4560 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4561 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4562 * domain. 4563 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4564 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4565 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4566 * them to be applied. 4567 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4568 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4569 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4570 * domain request to be processed. 4571 */ 4572enum nl80211_reg_type { 4573 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4574 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4575 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4576 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4577}; 4578 4579/** 4580 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4581 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4582 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4583 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4584 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4585 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4586 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4587 * band edge. 4588 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4589 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4590 * band edge. 4591 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4592 * frequency range, in KHz. 4593 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4594 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4595 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4596 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4597 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4598 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4599 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4600 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm). 4601 * This could be negative. 4602 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4603 * currently defined 4604 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4605 */ 4606enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4607 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4608 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4609 4610 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4611 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4612 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4613 4614 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4615 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4616 4617 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4618 4619 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD, 4620 4621 /* keep last */ 4622 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4623 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4624}; 4625 4626/** 4627 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4628 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4629 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4630 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4631 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4632 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4633 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4634 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4635 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4636 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4637 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4638 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4639 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4640 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4641 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4642 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4643 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4644 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4645 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4646 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4647 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4648 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4649 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete 4650 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4651 * attribute number currently defined 4652 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4653 */ 4654enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4655 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4656 4657 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4658 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4659 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4660 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4661 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4662 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */ 4663 4664 /* keep last */ 4665 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4666 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4667 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4668}; 4669 4670/* only for backward compatibility */ 4671#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4672 4673/** 4674 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4675 * 4676 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4677 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4678 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4679 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4680 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4681 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4682 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4683 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4684 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4685 * beaconing. 4686 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR 4687 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4688 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4689 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4690 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4691 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4692 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4693 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4694 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4695 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4696 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 4697 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed 4698 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value 4699 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for 4700 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master 4701 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3). 4702 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4703 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed 4704 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed 4705 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted 4706 * despite NO_IR configuration. 4707 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth, 4708 * despite NO_IR configuration. 4709 */ 4710enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4711 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1 << 0, 4712 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1 << 1, 4713 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1 << 2, 4714 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1 << 3, 4715 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1 << 4, 4716 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1 << 5, 4717 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1 << 6, 4718 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1 << 7, 4719 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1 << 8, 4720 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1 << 11, 4721 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1 << 12, 4722 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1 << 13, 4723 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1 << 14, 4724 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1 << 15, 4725 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1 << 16, 4726 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1 << 17, 4727 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1 << 18, 4728 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1 << 19, 4729 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1 << 20, 4730 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1 << 21, 4731 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1 << 22, 4732 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1 << 23, 4733 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = 1 << 24, 4734 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = 1 << 25, 4735}; 4736 4737#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4738#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4739#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4740#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4741 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4742#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4743#define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4744#define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4745 4746/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4747#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4748 4749/** 4750 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4751 * 4752 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4753 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4754 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4755 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4756 */ 4757enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4758 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4759 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4760 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4761 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4762}; 4763 4764/** 4765 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4766 * 4767 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4768 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4769 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4770 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4771 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4772 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4773 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4774 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4775 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4776 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4777 * supported feature. 4778 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4779 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4780 */ 4781enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4782 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4783 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4784 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4785}; 4786 4787/** 4788 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4789 * 4790 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4791 * when getting information about a survey. 4792 * 4793 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4794 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4795 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4796 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4797 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4798 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4799 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4800 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4801 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4802 * channel was sensed busy 4803 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4804 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4805 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4806 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4807 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4808 * (on this channel or globally) 4809 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4810 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4811 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4812 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4813 * currently defined 4814 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4815 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4816 */ 4817enum nl80211_survey_info { 4818 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4819 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4820 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4821 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4822 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4823 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4824 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4825 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4826 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4827 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4828 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4829 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4830 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4831 4832 /* keep last */ 4833 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4834 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4835}; 4836 4837/* keep old names for compatibility */ 4838#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4839#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4840#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4841#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4842#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4843 4844/** 4845 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4846 * 4847 * Monitor configuration flags. 4848 * 4849 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4850 * 4851 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4852 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4853 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4854 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4855 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated 4856 * will unconditionally be refused 4857 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4858 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4859 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets 4860 * 4861 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4862 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4863 */ 4864enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4865 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4866 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4867 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4868 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4869 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4870 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4871 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4872 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX, 4873 4874 /* keep last */ 4875 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4876 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4877}; 4878 4879/** 4880 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4881 * 4882 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4883 * not known or has not been set yet. 4884 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4885 * in Awake state all the time. 4886 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4887 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4888 * neighbor's beacons. 4889 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4890 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4891 * for neighbor's beacons. 4892 * 4893 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4894 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level 4895 */ 4896 4897enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4898 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4899 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4900 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4901 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4902 4903 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4904 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4905}; 4906 4907/** 4908 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4909 * 4910 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4911 * active. 4912 * 4913 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4914 * 4915 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4916 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4917 * 4918 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4919 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4920 * 4921 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4922 * millisecond units 4923 * 4924 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4925 * on this mesh interface 4926 * 4927 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4928 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4929 * mesh 4930 * 4931 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4932 * point. 4933 * 4934 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4935 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4936 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4937 * set. 4938 * 4939 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4940 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4941 * target) 4942 * 4943 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4944 * (in milliseconds) 4945 * 4946 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4947 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4948 * 4949 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4950 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4951 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4952 * 4953 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4954 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4955 * reference element 4956 * 4957 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4958 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4959 * mesh 4960 * 4961 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4962 * 4963 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4964 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4965 * 4966 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4967 * root announcements are transmitted. 4968 * 4969 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4970 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4971 * Announcement frames. 4972 * 4973 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4974 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4975 * PERR element. 4976 * 4977 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4978 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4979 * 4980 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4981 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4982 * a peer link. 4983 * 4984 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4985 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4986 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4987 * 4988 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4989 * 4990 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4991 * 4992 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4993 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4994 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4995 * 4996 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4997 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4998 * 4999 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 5000 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 5001 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 5002 * 5003 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 5004 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 5005 * 5006 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 5007 * 5008 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 5009 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 5010 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 5011 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 5012 * 5013 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 5014 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 5015 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 5016 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 5017 * 5018 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 5019 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 5020 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 5021 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 5022 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 5023 * 5024 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 5025 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 5026 * in the mesh formation field. 5027 * 5028 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5029 */ 5030enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 5031 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 5032 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 5033 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 5034 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 5035 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 5036 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 5037 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 5038 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 5039 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 5040 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 5041 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 5042 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 5043 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 5044 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 5045 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 5046 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 5047 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 5048 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 5049 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 5050 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 5051 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 5052 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 5053 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 5054 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 5055 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 5056 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 5057 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 5058 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 5059 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 5060 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 5061 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 5062 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 5063 5064 /* keep last */ 5065 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5066 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5067}; 5068 5069/** 5070 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 5071 * 5072 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 5073 * changed while the mesh is active. 5074 * 5075 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 5076 * 5077 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 5078 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 5079 * default HWMP. 5080 * 5081 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 5082 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 5083 * metric. 5084 * 5085 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 5086 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 5087 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 5088 * metrics in use. 5089 * 5090 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 5091 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 5092 * 5093 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 5094 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 5095 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 5096 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 5097 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 5098 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 5099 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 5100 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 5101 * userspace daemon. 5102 * 5103 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 5104 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 5105 * neighbor offset synchronization 5106 * 5107 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 5108 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 5109 * 5110 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 5111 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 5112 * Default is no authentication method required. 5113 * 5114 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 5115 * 5116 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 5117 */ 5118enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 5119 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 5120 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 5121 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 5122 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 5123 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 5124 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 5125 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 5126 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 5127 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 5128 5129 /* keep last */ 5130 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5131 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5132}; 5133 5134/** 5135 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 5136 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 5137 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 5138 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 5139 * disabled 5140 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 5141 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5142 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 5143 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5144 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 5145 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 5146 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 5147 */ 5148enum nl80211_txq_attr { 5149 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 5150 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 5151 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 5152 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 5153 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 5154 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 5155 5156 /* keep last */ 5157 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5158 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5159}; 5160 5161enum nl80211_ac { 5162 NL80211_AC_VO, 5163 NL80211_AC_VI, 5164 NL80211_AC_BE, 5165 NL80211_AC_BK, 5166 NL80211_NUM_ACS 5167}; 5168 5169/* backward compat */ 5170#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 5171#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 5172#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 5173#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 5174#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 5175 5176/** 5177 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 5178 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5179 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 5180 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5181 * below the control channel 5182 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5183 * above the control channel 5184 */ 5185enum nl80211_channel_type { 5186 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 5187 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 5188 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 5189 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 5190}; 5191 5192/** 5193 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 5194 * 5195 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 5196 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 5197 * 5198 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 5199 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 5200 * 5201 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 5202 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 5203 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 5204 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 5205 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 5206 */ 5207enum nl80211_key_mode { 5208 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 5209 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 5210 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 5211}; 5212 5213/** 5214 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 5215 * 5216 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 5217 * attribute. 5218 * 5219 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5220 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 5221 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5222 * attribute must be provided as well 5223 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5224 * attribute must be provided as well 5225 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5226 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 5227 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5228 * attribute must be provided as well 5229 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 5230 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 5231 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 5232 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 5233 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 5234 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 5235 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 5236 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5237 * attribute must be provided as well 5238 */ 5239enum nl80211_chan_width { 5240 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 5241 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5242 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 5243 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 5244 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 5245 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 5246 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5247 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5248 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5249 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5250 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 5251 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 5252 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 5253 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 5254}; 5255 5256/** 5257 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 5258 * 5259 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 5260 * 5261 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 5262 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 5263 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 5264 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 5265 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 5266 */ 5267enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 5268 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5269 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5270 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5271 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5272 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5273}; 5274 5275/** 5276 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use 5277 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection", 5278 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type. 5279 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an 5280 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including 5281 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must 5282 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set. 5283 */ 5284enum nl80211_bss_use_for { 5285 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0, 5286 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1, 5287}; 5288 5289/** 5290 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a 5291 * BSS isn't possible 5292 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't 5293 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one. 5294 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting 5295 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses. 5296 */ 5297enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons { 5298 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0, 5299 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1, 5300}; 5301 5302#define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \ 5303 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH 5304 5305/** 5306 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 5307 * 5308 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 5309 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 5310 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 5311 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 5312 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 5313 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 5314 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 5315 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 5316 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 5317 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 5318 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 5319 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 5320 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 5321 * they are from a Beacon frame. 5322 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 5323 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 5324 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 5325 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 5326 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 5327 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 5328 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 5329 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 5330 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 5331 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 5332 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 5333 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 5334 * yet been received 5335 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 5336 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used! 5337 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 5338 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 5339 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 5340 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 5341 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 5342 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 5343 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 5344 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5345 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 5346 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 5347 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 5348 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 5349 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 5350 * is set. 5351 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 5352 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 5353 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 5354 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 5355 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 5356 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 5357 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be 5358 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for. 5359 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot 5360 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it, 5361 * even though its presence was detected. 5362 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from 5363 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing 5364 * if no reasons are specified. 5365 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 5366 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 5367 */ 5368enum nl80211_bss { 5369 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 5370 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 5371 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 5372 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 5373 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 5374 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 5375 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 5376 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 5377 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 5378 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 5379 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 5380 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 5381 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 5382 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 5383 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 5384 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 5385 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 5386 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5387 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 5388 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 5389 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5390 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 5391 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 5392 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR, 5393 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS, 5394 5395 /* keep last */ 5396 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 5397 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5398}; 5399 5400/** 5401 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 5402 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 5403 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5404 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5405 * a given BSS. 5406 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5407 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5408 * 5409 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5410 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5411 */ 5412enum nl80211_bss_status { 5413 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5414 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5415 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5416}; 5417 5418/** 5419 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5420 * 5421 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5422 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5423 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5424 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5425 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5426 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5427 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5428 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5429 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5430 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5431 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5432 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5433 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5434 */ 5435enum nl80211_auth_type { 5436 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5437 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5438 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5439 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5440 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5441 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5442 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5443 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5444 5445 /* keep last */ 5446 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5447 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5448 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5449}; 5450 5451/** 5452 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5453 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5454 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5455 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5456 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5457 */ 5458enum nl80211_key_type { 5459 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5460 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5461 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5462 5463 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5464}; 5465 5466/** 5467 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5468 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5469 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5470 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5471 */ 5472enum nl80211_mfp { 5473 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5474 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5475 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5476}; 5477 5478enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5479 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5480 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5481 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5482}; 5483 5484/** 5485 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5486 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5487 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5488 * unicast key 5489 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5490 * multicast key 5491 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5492 */ 5493enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5494 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5495 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5496 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5497 5498 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5499}; 5500 5501/** 5502 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5503 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5504 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5505 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5506 * keys 5507 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5508 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5509 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5510 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5511 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5512 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5513 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5514 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5515 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5516 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5517 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5518 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5519 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5520 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5521 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5522 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5523 * 5524 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5525 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5526 */ 5527enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5528 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5529 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5530 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5531 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5532 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5533 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5534 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5535 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5536 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5537 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5538 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5539 5540 /* keep last */ 5541 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5542 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5543}; 5544 5545/** 5546 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5547 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5548 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5549 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5550 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5551 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5552 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5553 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5554 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5555 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5556 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5557 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5558 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5559 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5560 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5561 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT: EHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5562 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_eht 5563 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI: configure EHT GI, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 5564 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF: configure EHT LTF, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ltf) 5565 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5566 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5567 */ 5568enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5569 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5570 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5571 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5572 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5573 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5574 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5575 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5576 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5577 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT, 5578 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI, 5579 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF, 5580 5581 /* keep last */ 5582 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5583 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5584}; 5585 5586#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5587#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5588 5589/** 5590 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5591 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5592 */ 5593struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5594 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5595}; 5596 5597#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5598/** 5599 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5600 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5601 */ 5602struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5603 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5604}; 5605 5606enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5607 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5608 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5609 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5610}; 5611 5612#define NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX 16 5613/** 5614 * struct nl80211_txrate_eht - EHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5615 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5616 */ 5617struct nl80211_txrate_eht { 5618 __u16 mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; 5619}; 5620 5621/** 5622 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5623 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5624 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5625 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5626 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5627 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5628 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5629 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5630 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5631 */ 5632enum nl80211_band { 5633 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5634 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5635 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5636 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5637 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5638 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5639 5640 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5641}; 5642 5643/** 5644 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5645 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5646 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5647 */ 5648enum nl80211_ps_state { 5649 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5650 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5651}; 5652 5653/** 5654 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5655 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5656 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5657 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5658 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5659 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5660 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5661 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5662 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5663 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5664 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5665 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5666 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5667 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5668 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5669 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5670 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5672 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5673 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5674 * checked. 5675 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5676 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5677 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5678 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5679 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5680 * loss event 5681 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5682 * RSSI threshold event. 5683 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5684 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5685 */ 5686enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5687 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5688 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5689 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5690 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5691 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5692 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5693 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5694 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5695 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5696 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5697 5698 /* keep last */ 5699 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5700 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5701}; 5702 5703/** 5704 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5705 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5706 * configured threshold 5707 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5708 * configured threshold 5709 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5710 */ 5711enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5712 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5713 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5714 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5715}; 5716 5717 5718/** 5719 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5720 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5721 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5722 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5723 */ 5724enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5725 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5726 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5727 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5728}; 5729 5730/** 5731 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5732 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5733 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5734 */ 5735enum nl80211_tid_config { 5736 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5737 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5738}; 5739 5740/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5741 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5742 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5743 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5744 */ 5745enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5746 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5747 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5748 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5749}; 5750 5751/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5752 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5753 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5754 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5755 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5756 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5757 * per peer instead. 5758 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates 5759 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5760 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5761 * should be left untouched. 5762 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5763 * Its type is u16. 5764 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5765 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5766 * Its type is u8. 5767 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5768 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5769 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5770 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5771 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5772 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5773 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5774 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5775 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5776 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5777 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5778 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5779 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5780 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5781 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5782 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5783 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5784 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5785 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5786 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5787 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5788 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5789 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5790 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5791 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5792 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5793 * station. 5794 */ 5795enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5796 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5797 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5798 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5799 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5800 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5801 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5802 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5803 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5804 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5805 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5806 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5807 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5808 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5809 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5810 5811 /* keep last */ 5812 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5813 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5814}; 5815 5816/** 5817 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5818 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5819 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5820 * a zero bit are ignored 5821 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5822 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5823 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5824 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5825 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5826 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5827 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5828 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5829 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5830 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5831 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5832 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5833 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5834 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5835 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5836 */ 5837enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5838 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5839 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5840 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5841 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5842 5843 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5844 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5845}; 5846 5847/** 5848 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5849 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5850 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5851 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5852 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5853 * 5854 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5855 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5856 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5857 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5858 * by the kernel to userspace. 5859 */ 5860struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5861 __u32 max_patterns; 5862 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5863 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5864 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5865} __attribute__((packed)); 5866 5867/* only for backward compatibility */ 5868#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5869#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5870#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5871#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5872#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5873#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5874#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5875 5876/** 5877 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5878 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5879 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5880 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5881 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5882 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5883 * any others are even supported by the device. 5884 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5885 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5886 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5887 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5888 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5889 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5890 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5891 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5892 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5893 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5894 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5895 * 5896 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5897 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5898 * 5899 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5900 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5901 * to the kernel when configuring. 5902 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5903 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5904 * by the device (flag) 5905 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5906 * done by the device) (flag) 5907 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5908 * packet (flag) 5909 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5910 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5911 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5912 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5913 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5914 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5915 * attribute contains the original length. 5916 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5917 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5918 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5919 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5920 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5921 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5922 * contains the original length. 5923 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5924 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5925 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5926 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5927 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5928 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5929 * the TCP connection. 5930 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5931 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5932 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5933 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5934 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5935 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5936 * service 5937 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5938 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5939 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5940 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5941 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5942 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5943 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5944 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5945 * supported by the driver (u32). 5946 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5947 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5948 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5949 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5950 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5951 * occurred. 5952 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5953 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5954 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5955 * these attributes must be present. If 5956 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5957 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5958 * channel. 5959 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only. 5960 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP. 5961 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5962 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5963 * 5964 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5965 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5966 */ 5967enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5968 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5969 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5970 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5971 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5972 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5973 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5974 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5975 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5976 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5977 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5978 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5979 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5980 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5981 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5982 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5983 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5984 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5985 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5986 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5987 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5988 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC, 5989 5990 /* keep last */ 5991 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5992 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5993}; 5994 5995/** 5996 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5997 * 5998 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5999 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 6000 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 6001 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 6002 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 6003 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 6004 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 6005 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 6006 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 6007 * 6008 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 6009 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 6010 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 6011 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 6012 * also woken up. 6013 * 6014 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 6015 * response packets might not go through correctly. 6016 */ 6017 6018/** 6019 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 6020 * @start: starting value 6021 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 6022 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 6023 * 6024 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 6025 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 6026 * in little endian. 6027 */ 6028struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 6029 __u32 start, offset, len; 6030}; 6031 6032/** 6033 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 6034 * @offset: offset of token in packet 6035 * @len: length of each token 6036 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 6037 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 6038 */ 6039struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 6040 __u32 offset, len; 6041 __u8 token_stream[]; 6042}; 6043 6044/** 6045 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 6046 * @min_len: minimum token length 6047 * @max_len: maximum token length 6048 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 6049 */ 6050struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 6051 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 6052}; 6053 6054/** 6055 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 6056 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6057 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 6058 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 6059 * (in network byte order) 6060 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 6061 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 6062 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 6063 * might require ARP querying. 6064 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 6065 * socket and port will be allocated 6066 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 6067 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 6068 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 6069 * of the data payload. 6070 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 6071 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 6072 * advertising it is just a flag 6073 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 6074 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 6075 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 6076 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 6077 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 6078 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 6079 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 6080 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 6081 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 6082 * but on the TCP payload only. 6083 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 6084 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 6085 */ 6086enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 6087 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 6088 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 6089 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 6090 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 6091 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 6092 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 6093 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 6094 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 6095 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 6096 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 6097 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 6098 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 6099 6100 /* keep last */ 6101 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 6102 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 6103}; 6104 6105/** 6106 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 6107 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 6108 * @pat: packet pattern support information 6109 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 6110 * 6111 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 6112 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 6113 */ 6114struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 6115 __u32 max_rules; 6116 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 6117 __u32 max_delay; 6118} __attribute__((packed)); 6119 6120/** 6121 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 6122 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6123 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 6124 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 6125 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 6126 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 6127 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 6128 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 6129 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 6130 */ 6131enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 6132 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 6133 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 6134 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 6135 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 6136 6137 /* keep last */ 6138 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 6139 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 6140}; 6141 6142/** 6143 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 6144 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6145 * in a rule are matched. 6146 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6147 * in a rule are not matched. 6148 */ 6149enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 6150 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 6151 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 6152}; 6153 6154/** 6155 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 6156 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6157 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 6158 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 6159 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 6160 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 6161 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 6162 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 6163 */ 6164enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 6165 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 6166 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 6167 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 6168 6169 /* keep last */ 6170 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 6171 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 6172}; 6173 6174/** 6175 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 6176 * 6177 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6178 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 6179 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 6180 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 6181 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 6182 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 6183 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 6184 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 6185 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 6186 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 6187 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 6188 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 6189 * different channels may be used within this group. 6190 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6191 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 6192 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6193 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 6194 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 6195 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 6196 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 6197 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 6198 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 6199 * 6200 * Examples: 6201 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 6202 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 6203 * 6204 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 6205 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 6206 * 6207 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 6208 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 6209 * 6210 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 6211 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 6212 * 6213 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 6214 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 6215 * that any of these groups must match. 6216 * 6217 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 6218 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 6219 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 6220 * interface type, the following group always exists: 6221 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 6222 */ 6223enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 6224 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 6225 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 6226 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 6227 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 6228 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 6229 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 6230 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 6231 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 6232 6233 /* keep last */ 6234 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 6235 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 6236}; 6237 6238 6239/** 6240 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 6241 * 6242 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 6243 * state of non-existent mesh peer links 6244 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 6245 * this mesh peer 6246 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 6247 * from this mesh peer 6248 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 6249 * received from this mesh peer 6250 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 6251 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 6252 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 6253 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 6254 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 6255 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 6256 */ 6257enum nl80211_plink_state { 6258 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 6259 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 6260 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 6261 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 6262 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 6263 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 6264 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 6265 6266 /* keep last */ 6267 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 6268 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 6269}; 6270 6271/** 6272 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 6273 * 6274 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 6275 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 6276 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 6277 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 6278 */ 6279enum nl80211_plink_action { 6280 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 6281 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 6282 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 6283 6284 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 6285}; 6286 6287 6288#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 6289#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 6290#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 6291#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 6292#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 6293#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 6294 6295/** 6296 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 6297 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6298 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 6299 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 6300 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 6301 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 6302 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 6303 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 6304 */ 6305enum nl80211_rekey_data { 6306 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 6307 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 6308 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 6309 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 6310 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 6311 6312 /* keep last */ 6313 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 6314 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 6315}; 6316 6317/** 6318 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 6319 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 6320 * Beacon frames) 6321 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 6322 * in Beacon frames 6323 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 6324 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 6325 */ 6326enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 6327 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 6328 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 6329 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 6330}; 6331 6332/** 6333 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 6334 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6335 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 6336 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 6337 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 6338 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 6339 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 6340 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 6341 */ 6342enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 6343 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 6344 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 6345 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 6346 6347 /* keep last */ 6348 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 6349 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 6350}; 6351 6352/** 6353 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 6354 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6355 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 6356 * priority) 6357 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 6358 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 6359 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 6360 * (internal) 6361 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 6362 * (internal) 6363 */ 6364enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 6365 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 6366 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 6367 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 6368 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 6369 6370 /* keep last */ 6371 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 6372 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 6373}; 6374 6375/** 6376 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 6377 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 6378 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 6379 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 6380 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 6381 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 6382 */ 6383enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 6384 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 6385 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 6386 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 6387 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 6388 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 6389}; 6390 6391/** 6392 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 6393 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 6394 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 6395 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 6396 */ 6397enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 6398 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 6399}; 6400 6401/** 6402 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 6403 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 6404 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 6405 * socket option. 6406 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 6407 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 6408 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 6409 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 6410 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 6411 * cellular base stations. 6412 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 6413 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 6414 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 6415 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 6416 * mode 6417 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 6418 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 6419 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 6420 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 6421 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 6422 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 6423 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6424 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6425 * setting 6426 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6427 * powersave 6428 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6429 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6430 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6431 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6432 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6433 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6434 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6435 * states using station flags. 6436 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6437 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6438 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6439 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6440 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6441 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6442 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6443 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6444 * still generated by the driver. 6445 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6446 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6447 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6448 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6449 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6450 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6451 * lifetime of a BSS. 6452 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6453 * Set IE to probe requests. 6454 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6455 * to probe requests. 6456 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6457 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6458 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6459 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6460 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6461 * Measurement Report action frame. 6462 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6463 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6464 * to enable dynack. 6465 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6466 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6467 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6468 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6469 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6470 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6471 * rts/cts handshake. 6472 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6473 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6474 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6475 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6476 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6477 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6478 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6479 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6480 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6481 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6482 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6483 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6484 * address mask/value will be used. 6485 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6486 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6487 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6488 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6489 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6490 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6491 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6492 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6493 */ 6494enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6495 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6496 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6497 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6498 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6499 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6500 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6501 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6502 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6503 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6504 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6505 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6506 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6507 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6508 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6509 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6510 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6511 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6512 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6513 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6514 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6515 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6516 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6517 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6518 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6519 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6520 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6521 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6522 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6523 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6524 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6525 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6526 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6527}; 6528 6529/** 6530 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6531 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6532 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6533 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6534 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6535 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6536 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised. 6537 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6538 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6539 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6540 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6541 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6542 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6543 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6544 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6545 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6546 * (if available). 6547 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6548 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the 6549 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is 6550 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF 6551 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if 6552 * specified). 6553 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6554 * channel dwell time. 6555 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6556 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate. 6557 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6558 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6559 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6560 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6561 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6562 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6563 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6564 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6565 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6566 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6567 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6568 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6569 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6570 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6571 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6572 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6573 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6574 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6575 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6576 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6577 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6578 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6579 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6580 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6581 * be supported. 6582 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6583 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6584 * actual dwell time. 6585 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6586 * response 6587 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6588 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6589 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6590 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6591 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6592 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6593 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6594 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6595 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6596 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6597 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6598 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6599 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6600 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6601 * "radar detected" event. 6602 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6603 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6604 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6605 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6606 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID 6607 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6608 * TXQs. 6609 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6610 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6611 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6612 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6613 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6614 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6615 * timing measurement responder role. 6616 * 6617 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6618 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6619 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6620 * freeze the connection. 6621 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6622 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6623 * 6624 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6625 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6626 * scheduling. 6627 * 6628 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6629 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6630 * 6631 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete 6632 * 6633 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6634 * to a station. 6635 * 6636 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6637 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6638 * 6639 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6640 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6641 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6642 * 6643 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6644 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6645 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6646 * 6647 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6648 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6649 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6650 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6651 * 6652 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6653 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6654 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6655 * 6656 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6657 * 6658 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6659 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6660 * 6661 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6662 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6663 * 6664 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6665 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6666 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6667 * included in the scan request. 6668 * 6669 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6670 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6671 * 6672 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6673 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6674 * 6675 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6676 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6677 * command). 6678 * 6679 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6680 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6681 * 6682 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6683 * frames transmission 6684 * 6685 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6686 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6687 * 6688 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6689 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6690 * 6691 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6692 * exchange protocol. 6693 * 6694 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6695 * exchange protocol. 6696 * 6697 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6698 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6699 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6700 * 6701 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6702 * detection and change announcemnts. 6703 * 6704 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6705 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6706 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6707 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6708 * 6709 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6710 * detection. 6711 * 6712 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 6713 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 6714 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 6715 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 6716 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 6717 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 6718 * in progress, and no active connections. 6719 * 6720 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode. 6721 * 6722 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables 6723 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity. 6724 * 6725 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA 6726 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer 6727 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 6728 * 6729 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6730 * handling in station mode. 6731 * 6732 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 6733 * handling in AP mode. 6734 * 6735 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or 6736 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent 6737 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01 6738 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to 6739 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection. 6740 * 6741 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP 6742 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised 6743 * in the RSNXE. 6744 * 6745 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6746 * configuration (AP/mesh) with EHT rates. 6747 * 6748 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6749 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6750 */ 6751enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6752 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6753 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6754 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6755 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6756 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6757 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6758 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6759 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6760 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6761 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6762 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6763 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6764 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6765 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6766 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6767 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6768 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6769 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6770 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6771 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6772 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6773 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6774 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6775 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6776 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6777 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6778 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6779 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6780 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6781 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6782 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6783 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6784 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6785 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6786 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6787 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6788 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6789 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */ 6790 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6791 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6792 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6793 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6794 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6795 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6796 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6797 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6798 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6799 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6800 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6801 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6802 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6803 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6804 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6805 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6806 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6807 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6808 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6809 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6810 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6811 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6812 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6813 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6814 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 6815 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 6816 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, 6817 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN, 6818 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA, 6819 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD, 6820 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6821 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT, 6822 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT, 6823 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT, 6824 6825 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6826 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6827 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6828}; 6829 6830/** 6831 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6832 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6833 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6834 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6835 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6836 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6837 * to the host. 6838 * 6839 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6840 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6841 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6842 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6843 */ 6844enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6845 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6846 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6847 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6848 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6849}; 6850 6851/** 6852 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6853 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6854 * handled by the AP is reached. 6855 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6856 */ 6857enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6858 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6859 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6860}; 6861 6862/** 6863 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6864 * 6865 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6866 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6867 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6868 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6869 */ 6870enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6871 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6872 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6873 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6874 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6875}; 6876 6877/** 6878 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6879 * 6880 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6881 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6882 * requests. 6883 * 6884 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6885 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6886 * one of them can be used in the request. 6887 * 6888 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6889 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6890 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6891 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6892 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6893 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6894 * when really needed 6895 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6896 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6897 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6898 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6899 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6900 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6901 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6902 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6903 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6904 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6905 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6906 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6907 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6908 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6909 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6910 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6911 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6912 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6913 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6914 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6915 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6916 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6917 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6918 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6919 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6920 * impacted with this flag. 6921 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6922 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6923 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6924 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6925 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6926 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6927 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6928 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6929 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6930 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6931 * possible. 6932 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6933 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6934 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6935 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6936 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6937 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6938 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by 6939 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the 6940 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses 6941 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz 6942 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set, 6943 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of 6944 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that 6945 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag 6946 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be 6947 * scanned if the user space has asked for it. 6948 */ 6949enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6950 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6951 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6952 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6953 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6954 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6955 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6956 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6957 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6958 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6959 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6960 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6961 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6962 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6963 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6964 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6965}; 6966 6967/** 6968 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6969 * 6970 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6971 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6972 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6973 * 6974 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6975 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6976 * in ACL to authenticate. 6977 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6978 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6979 */ 6980enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6981 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6982 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6983}; 6984 6985/** 6986 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6987 * 6988 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6989 * 6990 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6991 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6992 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6993 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6994 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal 6995 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration 6996 */ 6997enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6998 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6999 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 7000 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 7001 7002 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 7003 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7004}; 7005 7006/** 7007 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 7008 * 7009 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 7010 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 7011 * 7012 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 7013 * now unusable. 7014 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 7015 * the channel is now available. 7016 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 7017 * change to the channel status. 7018 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 7019 * over, channel becomes usable. 7020 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 7021 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 7022 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 7023 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 7024 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 7025 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 7026 */ 7027enum nl80211_radar_event { 7028 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 7029 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 7030 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 7031 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 7032 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 7033 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 7034}; 7035 7036/** 7037 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 7038 * 7039 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 7040 * 7041 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 7042 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 7043 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 7044 * is therefore marked as not available. 7045 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 7046 */ 7047enum nl80211_dfs_state { 7048 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 7049 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 7050 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 7051}; 7052 7053/** 7054 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 7055 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 7056 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 7057 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 7058 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 7059 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 7060 */ 7061enum nl80211_protocol_features { 7062 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 7063}; 7064 7065/** 7066 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 7067 * 7068 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 7069 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 7070 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 7071 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 7072 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 7073 */ 7074enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 7075 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 7076 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 7077 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 7078 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 7079 /* add other protocols before this one */ 7080 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 7081}; 7082 7083/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 7084#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 7085 7086/** 7087 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 7088 * 7089 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 7090 * 7091 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 7092 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 7093 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 7094 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 7095 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 7096 */ 7097enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 7098 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 7099 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 7100}; 7101 7102/* 7103 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 7104 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 7105 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 7106 */ 7107#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 7108 7109/** 7110 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 7111 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 7112 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 7113 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 7114 * added to this file when needed. 7115 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 7116 */ 7117struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 7118 __u32 vendor_id; 7119 __u32 subcmd; 7120}; 7121 7122/** 7123 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 7124 * 7125 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 7126 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 7127 * 7128 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 7129 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 7130 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 7131 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 7132 */ 7133enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 7134 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 7135 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 7136 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 7137 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 7138}; 7139 7140/** 7141 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 7142 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7143 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 7144 * seconds (u32). 7145 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 7146 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 7147 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 7148 * make the scan plan meaningless. 7149 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 7150 * currently defined 7151 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7152 */ 7153enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 7154 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 7155 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 7156 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 7157 7158 /* keep last */ 7159 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 7160 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 7161 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 7162}; 7163 7164/** 7165 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 7166 * 7167 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 7168 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 7169 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 7170 */ 7171struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 7172 __u8 band; 7173 __s8 delta; 7174} __attribute__((packed)); 7175 7176/** 7177 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 7178 * 7179 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 7180 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 7181 * is requested. 7182 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 7183 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 7184 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 7185 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 7186 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 7187 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 7188 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 7189 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 7190 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 7191 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 7192 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 7193 * 7194 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 7195 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 7196 * which the driver shall use. 7197 */ 7198enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 7199 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 7200 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 7201 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 7202 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 7203 7204 /* keep last */ 7205 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 7206 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 7207}; 7208 7209/** 7210 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 7211 * 7212 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 7213 * 7214 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 7215 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 7216 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 7217 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7218 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use 7219 */ 7220enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 7221 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 7222 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 7223 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 7224 7225 /* keep last */ 7226 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 7227 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 7228}; 7229 7230/** 7231 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 7232 * 7233 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 7234 * 7235 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 7236 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 7237 */ 7238enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 7239 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 7240 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 7241}; 7242 7243/** 7244 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 7245 * 7246 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 7247 * 7248 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 7249 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 7250 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 7251 */ 7252enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 7253 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 7254 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 7255 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 7256}; 7257 7258#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 7259#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 7260#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 7261 7262/** 7263 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 7264 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 7265 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 7266 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 7267 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 7268 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 7269 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 7270 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 7271 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 7272 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 7273 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 7274 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 7275 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 7276 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 7277 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 7278 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 7279 * is follow up. This is a u8. 7280 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 7281 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 7282 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 7283 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 7284 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 7285 * This is a flag. 7286 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 7287 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 7288 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 7289 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 7290 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 7291 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 7292 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 7293 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7294 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 7295 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7296 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 7297 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 7298 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 7299 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 7300 * 7301 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 7302 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 7303 */ 7304enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 7305 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 7306 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 7307 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 7308 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 7309 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 7310 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 7311 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 7312 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 7313 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 7314 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 7315 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 7316 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 7317 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 7318 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 7319 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 7320 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 7321 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 7322 7323 /* keep last */ 7324 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 7325 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 7326}; 7327 7328/** 7329 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 7330 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 7331 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 7332 * This is a flag. 7333 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 7334 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 7335 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 7336 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 7337 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 7338 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 7339 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 7340 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 7341 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 7342 */ 7343enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 7344 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 7345 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 7346 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 7347 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 7348 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 7349 7350 /* keep last */ 7351 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 7352 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 7353}; 7354 7355/** 7356 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 7357 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 7358 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 7359 * match. This is a nested attribute. 7360 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7361 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 7362 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 7363 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7364 * 7365 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 7366 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 7367 */ 7368enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 7369 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 7370 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 7371 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 7372 7373 /* keep last */ 7374 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 7375 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 7376}; 7377 7378/** 7379 * enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes - NAN band configuration attributes 7380 * @__NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID: Invalid. 7381 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND: Band for which the configuration is 7382 * being set. The value is according to &enum nl80211_band (u8). 7383 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ: Discovery frequency. This attribute shall not 7384 * be present on 2.4 GHZ band. On 5 GHz band its presence is optional. 7385 * The allowed values are 5220 (channel 44) or 5745 (channel 149). 7386 * If not present, channel 149 is used if allowed, otherwise channel 44 7387 * will be selected. The value is in MHz (u16). 7388 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state 7389 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN 7390 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification 7391 * v4.0. If not specified, default device value is used. The value should 7392 * be greater than -60 dBm (s8). 7393 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state 7394 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN 7395 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification 7396 * v4.0. If not present, default device value is used. The value should be 7397 * greater than -75 dBm and less than %NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE 7398 * (s8). 7399 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW: Committed DW information (values 0-5). 7400 * Value 0 means that the device will not wake up during the 7401 * discovery window. Values 1-5 mean that the device will wake up 7402 * during each 2^(n - 1) discovery window, where n is the value of 7403 * this attribute. Setting this attribute to 0 is not allowed on 7404 * 2.4 GHz band (u8). This is an optional parameter (default is 1). 7405 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN: Optional flag attribute to disable 7406 * scanning (for cluster merge) on the band. If set, the device will not 7407 * scan on this band anymore. Disabling scanning on 2.4 GHz band is not 7408 * allowed. 7409 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR: Internal. 7410 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN band configuration attribute. 7411 * 7412 * These attributes are used to configure NAN band-specific parameters. Note, 7413 * that both RSSI attributes should be configured (or both left unset). 7414 */ 7415enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes { 7416 __NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID, 7417 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND, 7418 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ, 7419 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE, 7420 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE, 7421 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW, 7422 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN, 7423 7424 /* keep last */ 7425 NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR, 7426 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR - 1, 7427}; 7428 7429/** 7430 * enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes - NAN configuration attributes 7431 * @__NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID: Invalid attribute, used for validation. 7432 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID: ID for the NAN cluster. This is a MAC 7433 * address that can take values from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 7434 * 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. This attribute is optional. If not present, 7435 * a random Cluster ID will be chosen. 7436 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS: Additional NAN attributes to be 7437 * published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array. 7438 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS: Vendor-specific elements that will 7439 * be published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array. 7440 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS: This is a nested array attribute, 7441 * containing multiple entries for each supported band. Each band 7442 * configuration consists of &enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes. 7443 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD: Scan period in seconds. If not configured, 7444 * device default is used. Zero value will disable scanning. 7445 * This is u16 (optional). 7446 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME: Scan dwell time in TUs per channel. 7447 * Only non-zero values are valid. If not configured the device default 7448 * value is used. This is u16 (optional) 7449 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL: Discovery beacon interval 7450 * in TUs. Valid range is 50-200 TUs. If not configured the device default 7451 * value is used. This is u8 (optional) 7452 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW: If set, the driver will notify userspace about 7453 * the upcoming discovery window with 7454 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION. 7455 * This is a flag attribute. 7456 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR: Internal. 7457 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN configuration attribute. 7458 * 7459 * These attributes are used to configure NAN-specific parameters. 7460 */ 7461enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes { 7462 __NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID, 7463 NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID, 7464 NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS, 7465 NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS, 7466 NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS, 7467 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD, 7468 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME, 7469 NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL, 7470 NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW, 7471 7472 /* keep last */ 7473 NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR, 7474 NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR - 1, 7475}; 7476 7477/** 7478 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 7479 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 7480 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 7481 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 7482 */ 7483enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 7484 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 7485 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 7486}; 7487 7488/** 7489 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 7490 * responder attributes 7491 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7492 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 7493 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 7494 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 7495 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7496 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element 7497 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 7498 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7499 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7500 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 7501 */ 7502enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 7503 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7504 7505 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 7506 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7507 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7508 7509 /* keep last */ 7510 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7511 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7512}; 7513 7514/* 7515 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 7516 * 7517 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 7518 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 7519 * 7520 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7521 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 7522 * were ssfully answered (u32) 7523 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 7524 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 7525 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 7526 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 7527 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 7528 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 7529 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 7530 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 7531 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 7532 * phase with the responder (u32) 7533 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 7534 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 7535 * FTM slot (u32) 7536 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 7537 * scheduled window (u32) 7538 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 7539 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 7540 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 7541 */ 7542enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 7543 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 7544 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 7545 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 7546 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 7547 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 7548 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 7549 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 7550 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7551 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 7552 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 7553 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 7554 7555 /* keep last */ 7556 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 7557 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7558}; 7559 7560/** 7561 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 7562 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 7563 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 7564 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 7565 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 7566 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 7567 */ 7568enum nl80211_preamble { 7569 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 7570 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 7571 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 7572 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 7573 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 7574}; 7575 7576/** 7577 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 7578 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 7579 * these numbers also for attributes 7580 * 7581 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 7582 * 7583 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 7584 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 7585 */ 7586enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 7587 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 7588 7589 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 7590 7591 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 7592 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 7593}; 7594 7595/** 7596 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 7597 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 7598 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 7599 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 7600 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 7601 * reason may be available in the response data 7602 */ 7603enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 7604 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 7605 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 7606 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 7607 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 7608}; 7609 7610/** 7611 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 7612 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7613 * 7614 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7615 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 7616 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 7617 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 7618 * (flag attribute) 7619 * 7620 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 7621 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7622 */ 7623enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 7624 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7625 7626 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 7627 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 7628 7629 /* keep last */ 7630 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 7631 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 7632}; 7633 7634/** 7635 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 7636 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7637 * 7638 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 7639 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 7640 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 7641 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 7642 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 7643 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 7644 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 7645 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 7646 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 7647 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 7648 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 7649 * (u64, usec) 7650 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 7651 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 7652 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 7653 * result. 7654 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 7655 * 7656 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 7657 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7658 */ 7659enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 7660 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7661 7662 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 7663 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 7664 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 7665 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 7666 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 7667 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7668 7669 /* keep last */ 7670 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 7671 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 7672}; 7673 7674/** 7675 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 7676 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7677 * 7678 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 7679 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 7680 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 7681 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7682 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7683 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 7684 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7685 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7686 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 7687 * 7688 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 7689 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7690 */ 7691enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 7692 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 7693 7694 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 7695 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 7696 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 7697 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 7698 7699 /* keep last */ 7700 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 7701 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 7702}; 7703 7704/** 7705 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 7706 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7707 * 7708 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 7709 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 7710 * measurements can be done with in a single request 7711 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 7712 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 7713 * measurement results 7714 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 7715 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 7716 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 7717 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 7718 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 7719 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 7720 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 7721 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 7722 * sub-attributes taken from 7723 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 7724 * 7725 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 7726 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7727 */ 7728enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 7729 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 7730 7731 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 7732 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 7733 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 7734 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 7735 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 7736 7737 /* keep last */ 7738 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 7739 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 7740}; 7741 7742/** 7743 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 7744 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7745 * 7746 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 7747 * is supported 7748 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 7749 * mode is supported 7750 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 7751 * data can be requested during the measurement 7752 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 7753 * location data can be requested during the measurement 7754 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 7755 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 7756 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 7757 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 7758 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 7759 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 7760 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 7761 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 7762 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 7763 * is valid) 7764 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 7765 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 7766 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 7767 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7768 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 7769 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported 7770 * 7771 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 7772 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7773 */ 7774enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 7775 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 7776 7777 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 7778 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 7779 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 7780 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 7781 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 7782 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 7783 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 7784 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7785 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7786 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7787 7788 /* keep last */ 7789 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 7790 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 7791}; 7792 7793/** 7794 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 7795 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7796 * 7797 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 7798 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 7799 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 7800 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 7801 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 7802 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7803 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 7804 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 7805 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 7806 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 7807 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7808 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 7809 * requested per burst 7810 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 7811 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 7812 * (u8, default 3) 7813 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 7814 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7815 * (flag) 7816 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7817 * measurement (flag). 7818 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7819 * mutually exclusive. 7820 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7821 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7822 * ranging will be used. 7823 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based 7824 * ranging measurement (flag) 7825 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7826 * mutually exclusive. 7827 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7828 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7829 * ranging will be used. 7830 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7831 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7832 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7833 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7834 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7835 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7836 * 7837 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7838 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7839 */ 7840enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7841 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7842 7843 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7844 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7845 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7846 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7847 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7848 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7849 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7850 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7851 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7852 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7853 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7854 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7855 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7856 7857 /* keep last */ 7858 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7859 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7860}; 7861 7862/** 7863 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7864 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7865 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7866 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7867 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7868 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7869 * try and get no response) 7870 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7871 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7872 * received 7873 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7874 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7875 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7876 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7877 */ 7878enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7879 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7880 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7881 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7882 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7883 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7884 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7885 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7886 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7887}; 7888 7889/** 7890 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7891 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7892 * 7893 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7894 * (u32, optional) 7895 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7896 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7897 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7898 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7899 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7900 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7901 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional) 7902 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 7903 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 7904 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 7905 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7906 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 7907 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 7908 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 7909 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7910 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 7911 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7912 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 7913 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7914 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 7915 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 7916 * attributes) 7917 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 7918 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 7919 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 7920 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7921 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 7922 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7923 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 7924 * optional) 7925 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 7926 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7927 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 7928 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7929 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 7930 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 7931 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7932 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7933 * Type 8. 7934 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 7935 * (binary, optional); 7936 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7937 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7938 * Type 11. 7939 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 7940 * 7941 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 7942 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7943 */ 7944enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7945 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7946 7947 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7948 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7949 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7950 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7951 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7952 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7953 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7954 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7955 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7956 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7957 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7958 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7959 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7960 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7961 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7962 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7963 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7964 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7965 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7966 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7967 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7968 7969 /* keep last */ 7970 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7971 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7972}; 7973 7974/** 7975 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7976 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7977 * 7978 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7979 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7980 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7981 * tx power offset. 7982 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7983 * values used by members of the SRG. 7984 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7985 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7986 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7987 * 7988 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7989 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7990 */ 7991enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7992 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7993 7994 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7995 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7996 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7997 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7998 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7999 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 8000 8001 /* keep last */ 8002 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 8003 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8004}; 8005 8006/** 8007 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 8008 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8009 * 8010 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 8011 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 8012 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 8013 * 8014 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8015 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 8016 */ 8017enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 8018 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 8019 8020 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 8021 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 8022 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 8023 8024 /* keep last */ 8025 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 8026 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8027}; 8028 8029/** 8030 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 8031 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8032 * 8033 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 8034 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 8035 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 8036 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 8037 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 8038 * 8039 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8040 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 8041 */ 8042enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 8043 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 8044 8045 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 8046 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 8047 8048 /* keep last */ 8049 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 8050 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8051}; 8052 8053/** 8054 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 8055 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 8056 * 8057 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8058 * 8059 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 8060 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 8061 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 8062 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled. 8063 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 8064 * frame including the headers. 8065 * 8066 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8067 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8068 */ 8069enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 8070 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 8071 8072 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 8073 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 8074 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 8075 8076 /* keep last */ 8077 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 8078 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 8079}; 8080 8081/* 8082 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 8083 * mandatory fields. 8084 */ 8085#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 8086 8087/** 8088 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 8089 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 8090 * 8091 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8092 * 8093 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 8094 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 8095 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is 8096 * disabled. 8097 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 8098 * frame template (binary). 8099 * 8100 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8101 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8102 */ 8103enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 8104 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8105 8106 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 8107 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 8108 8109 /* keep last */ 8110 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 8111 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 8112 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 8113}; 8114 8115/** 8116 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 8117 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 8118 * used. 8119 * 8120 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 8121 * attribute is not present from userspace. 8122 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 8123 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 8124 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 8125 * can be used. 8126 */ 8127enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 8128 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 8129 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 8130 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 8131 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 8132}; 8133 8134/** 8135 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 8136 * 8137 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 8138 * 8139 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal 8140 */ 8141enum nl80211_sar_type { 8142 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 8143 8144 /* add new type here */ 8145 8146 /* Keep last */ 8147 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 8148}; 8149 8150/** 8151 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 8152 * 8153 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8154 * 8155 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 8156 * 8157 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 8158 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 8159 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 8160 * 8161 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 8162 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 8163 * 8164 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 8165 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 8166 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 8167 * 8168 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8169 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 8170 * 8171 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 8172 */ 8173enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 8174 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 8175 8176 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 8177 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 8178 8179 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 8180 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8181}; 8182 8183/** 8184 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 8185 * 8186 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid 8187 * 8188 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 8189 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 8190 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 8191 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 8192 * 8193 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 8194 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 8195 * is applied to this range. 8196 * 8197 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 8198 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 8199 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 8200 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 8201 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 8202 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 8203 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 8204 * 8205 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 8206 * 8207 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 8208 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 8209 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 8210 * 8211 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 8212 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 8213 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 8214 * 8215 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 8216 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 8217 */ 8218enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 8219 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 8220 8221 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 8222 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 8223 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 8224 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 8225 8226 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 8227 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 8228}; 8229 8230/** 8231 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 8232 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 8233 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 8234 * MBSSID and EMA. 8235 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 8236 * features. 8237 * 8238 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8239 * 8240 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 8241 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 8242 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 8243 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 8244 * 8245 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 8246 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 8247 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 8248 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 8249 * a non-zero value. 8250 * 8251 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 8252 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 8253 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 8254 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 8255 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 8256 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 8257 * 8258 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 8259 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 8260 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 8261 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 8262 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 8263 * the interface index of the same. 8264 * 8265 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 8266 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 8267 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 8268 * 8269 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID: Link ID of the transmitted profile. 8270 * This parameter is mandatory when NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG attributes 8271 * are sent for a non-transmitted profile and if the transmitted profile 8272 * is part of an MLD. For all other cases this parameter is unnecessary. 8273 * 8274 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8275 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8276 */ 8277enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 8278 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 8279 8280 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 8281 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 8282 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 8283 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 8284 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 8285 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID, 8286 8287 /* keep last */ 8288 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 8289 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8290}; 8291 8292/** 8293 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 8294 * 8295 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 8296 * authentication. 8297 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 8298 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 8299 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 8300 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 8301 * userspace. 8302 */ 8303enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 8304 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 8305 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 8306}; 8307 8308/** 8309 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes 8310 * 8311 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8312 * 8313 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32) 8314 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this 8315 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times. 8316 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface 8317 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times 8318 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 8319 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas 8320 * connected to this radio. 8321 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (u32) of this radio. 8322 * 8323 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8324 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8325 */ 8326enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs { 8327 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID, 8328 8329 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX, 8330 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE, 8331 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION, 8332 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK, 8333 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD, 8334 8335 /* keep last */ 8336 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST, 8337 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8338}; 8339 8340/** 8341 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range 8342 * 8343 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8344 * 8345 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32). 8346 * The unit is kHz. 8347 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32). 8348 * The unit is kHz. 8349 * 8350 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8351 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8352 */ 8353enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range { 8354 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID, 8355 8356 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START, 8357 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END, 8358 8359 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST, 8360 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8361}; 8362 8363/** 8364 * enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs - S1G short beacon data 8365 * 8366 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8367 * 8368 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD: Short beacon head (binary). 8369 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL: Short beacon tail (binary). 8370 * 8371 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8372 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 8373 */ 8374enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs { 8375 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID, 8376 8377 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD, 8378 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL, 8379 8380 /* keep last */ 8381 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST, 8382 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX = 8383 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST - 1 8384}; 8385 8386/** 8387 * enum nl80211_nan_capabilities - NAN (Neighbor Aware Networking) 8388 * capabilities. 8389 * 8390 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID: Invalid. 8391 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Flag attribute indicating that 8392 * the device supports configurable synchronization. If set, the device 8393 * should be able to handle %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG 8394 * attribute in the %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN (and change) command. 8395 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE: Flag attribute indicating that 8396 * NAN Discovery Engine (DE) is not offloaded and the driver assumes 8397 * user space DE implementation. When set, %NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 8398 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION and %NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH commands 8399 * should not be used. In addition, the device/driver should support 8400 * sending discovery window (DW) notifications using 8401 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION and handling transmission and 8402 * reception of NAN SDF frames on NAN device interface during DW windows. 8403 * (%NL80211_CMD_FRAME is used to transmit SDFs) 8404 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE: u8 attribute indicating the supported operation 8405 * modes as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification Table 81 (Operation 8406 * Mode field format). 8407 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS: u8 attribute indicating the number of 8408 * TX and RX antennas supported by the device. Lower nibble indicates 8409 * the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the number of RX 8410 * antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not available. 8411 * See table 79 of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification (Number of 8412 * Antennas field). 8413 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME: u16 attribute indicating the 8414 * maximum time in microseconds that the device requires to switch 8415 * channels. 8416 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES: u8 attribute containing the 8417 * capabilities of the device as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 8418 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). 8419 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST: Internal 8420 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX: Highest NAN capability attribute. 8421 */ 8422enum nl80211_nan_capabilities { 8423 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID, 8424 8425 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC, 8426 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE, 8427 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE, 8428 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS, 8429 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME, 8430 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES, 8431 /* keep last */ 8432 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST, 8433 NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST - 1, 8434}; 8435 8436#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
~/
Read-only file preview.